1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
783 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
792 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
799 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
823 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
824 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
826 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
827 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
828 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
829 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
841 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
844 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
846 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
866 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
867 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
869 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
870 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
874 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
877 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
878 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
899 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
900 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
901 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
903 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
917 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
919 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
920 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
921 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
922 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
923 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_sym
);
925 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_opt
);
927 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_aux
);
929 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
931 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
933 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
935 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
936 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
937 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_ext
);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
968 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
970 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
972 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
973 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
978 unsigned long sindex
;
982 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
992 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
996 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
998 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1005 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1006 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1010 size
= sizeof (char *);
1011 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1015 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1016 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1017 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1024 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1025 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1031 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1032 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1034 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1035 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1036 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1037 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1038 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1039 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1040 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1041 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1042 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1043 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1045 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1046 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1050 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1051 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1052 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1062 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1064 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1065 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1066 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1067 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1070 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1071 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1117 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1118 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1120 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1121 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1127 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1128 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1129 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1132 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1133 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1139 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1140 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1141 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1144 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1145 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1151 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1152 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1153 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1248 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1250 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1256 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1257 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1260 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1263 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1275 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1277 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1281 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1282 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1286 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1287 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1298 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1299 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1307 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1317 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1319 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1320 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1322 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1335 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1337 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1339 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1341 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1342 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1346 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1349 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1363 asection
*input_section
;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1382 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1383 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1388 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1391 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1397 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1398 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1401 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1402 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1413 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1414 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1416 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1421 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1434 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1435 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1438 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1440 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1445 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1452 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1454 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1462 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1469 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1471 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1474 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1479 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1489 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1490 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1497 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1499 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1510 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1518 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1520 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1521 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1522 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1531 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1534 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1542 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1547 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1552 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1564 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1565 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1594 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1595 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1596 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1597 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1611 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1612 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1613 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1614 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1615 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1616 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1641 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1642 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1643 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1644 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1645 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1646 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1647 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1669 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1670 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1671 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1672 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1679 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1696 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1699 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1702 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1705 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1710 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1712 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1713 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1714 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1715 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1717 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1718 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1725 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1726 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1727 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1728 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1729 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1730 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1731 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1732 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1733 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1734 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1735 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1736 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1737 when generating a final executable. */
1740 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1742 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1744 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1746 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1747 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1749 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1751 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1752 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1753 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1754 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1755 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1757 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1758 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1759 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1760 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1761 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1769 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1772 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1773 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1774 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1775 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1776 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1779 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1780 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1784 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1786 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1790 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1791 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1792 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1794 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1796 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1799 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1801 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1803 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1804 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1805 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1808 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1810 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1811 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1817 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1818 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1820 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1821 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1822 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1826 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1828 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1830 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1832 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1834 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1835 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1837 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1838 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1839 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1840 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1841 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1842 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1843 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1851 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1854 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1855 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1856 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1857 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1861 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1865 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1866 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1868 + sec
->output_offset
1869 + output_section
->vma
);
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1873 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1876 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1878 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1880 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1881 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1886 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1887 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1888 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1893 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1894 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1895 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1896 + sec
->output_offset
1897 + output_section
->vma
);
1899 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1904 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1905 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1908 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1918 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1920 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1921 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1923 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1926 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1928 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1931 static INLINE hashval_t
1932 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1935 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1941 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1942 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1946 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1948 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1950 return entry
->symndx
1951 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1952 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1954 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1955 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1961 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1962 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1964 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1965 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1968 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1969 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1970 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1971 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1974 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1975 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1976 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1980 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1984 return entry
->symndx
1986 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1987 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1988 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1991 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1992 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1996 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1998 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1999 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2001 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2002 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2005 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2006 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2009 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2010 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2011 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2012 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2013 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2016 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2017 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2018 if creation fails. */
2021 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2027 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2029 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2030 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2032 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2037 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2040 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2047 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2050 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2052 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2054 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2059 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2060 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2063 static struct mips_got_info
*
2064 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2069 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2070 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2071 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2072 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2073 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2076 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2081 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2082 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2086 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2091 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2092 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2094 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2095 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2098 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2100 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2101 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2107 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2114 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2117 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2123 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2124 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2127 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2129 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2130 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2133 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2138 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2139 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2142 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2145 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2146 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2148 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2150 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2156 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2157 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2160 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2163 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2164 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2166 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2171 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2182 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2184 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2185 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2187 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2189 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2190 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2192 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2196 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2199 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2202 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2205 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2206 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2207 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2212 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2213 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2215 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2217 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2218 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2223 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2225 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2226 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2227 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2230 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2233 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2236 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2239 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2240 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2241 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2242 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2243 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2245 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2246 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2248 /* General Dynamic. */
2249 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2251 offset
= got_offset
;
2252 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2256 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2257 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2258 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2259 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2262 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2263 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2264 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2265 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2267 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2268 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2272 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2273 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2274 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2275 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2278 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2281 /* Initial Exec model. */
2282 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2284 offset
= got_offset
;
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2290 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2293 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2296 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2297 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2298 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2302 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2307 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2308 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2310 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2311 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2318 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2323 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2326 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2327 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2328 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2329 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2332 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2333 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2339 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2343 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2344 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2345 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2352 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2356 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2358 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2365 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2366 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2367 will be negative. */
2370 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2373 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2374 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2377 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2379 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2380 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2382 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2383 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2384 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2387 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2388 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2389 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2390 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2392 return got_address
- got_value
;
2395 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2396 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2397 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2398 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2399 offset can be found. */
2402 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2403 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2404 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2408 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2411 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2413 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2414 input_section
, value
,
2415 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2419 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2421 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2422 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2423 hash table entry to track the index. */
2424 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2425 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2427 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2428 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2431 return entry
->gotidx
;
2434 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2437 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2438 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2442 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2443 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2445 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2448 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2452 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2457 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2460 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2462 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2464 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2466 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2467 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2469 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2470 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2471 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2472 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2474 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2475 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2482 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2483 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2488 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2489 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2491 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2494 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2495 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2496 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2498 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2499 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2503 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2504 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2505 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2507 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2508 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2511 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2516 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2517 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2518 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2519 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2520 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2521 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2524 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2525 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2529 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2530 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2534 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2535 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2536 input_section
, page
, 0,
2537 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2542 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2545 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2550 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2551 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2552 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2553 that has been forced local. */
2556 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2557 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2558 bfd_boolean external
)
2561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2562 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2564 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2565 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2566 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2567 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2569 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2573 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2574 input_section
, value
, 0,
2575 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2577 return entry
->gotidx
;
2582 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2586 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2587 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2591 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2593 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2594 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2595 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2597 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2600 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2601 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2602 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2605 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2606 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2607 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2608 asection
*sgot
, asection
*input_section
,
2609 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2614 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2617 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2621 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2624 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2627 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2628 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2631 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2632 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2633 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2634 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2635 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2636 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2638 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2643 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2649 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2655 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2656 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2662 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2667 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2670 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2675 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2677 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2679 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2680 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2682 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2688 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2690 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2691 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2692 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2693 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2694 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2695 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2697 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2698 asection
*s
, *output_section
;
2700 bfd_vma got_address
;
2703 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2704 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2705 dynindx
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->dynindx
;
2706 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2707 + sgot
->output_offset
2710 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2711 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2712 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
2713 outrel
.r_addend
= value
- output_section
->vma
;
2714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2720 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2721 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2722 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2723 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2724 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2725 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2728 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2730 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2731 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2734 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2736 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2739 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2740 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2741 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2742 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2743 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2744 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2745 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2746 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2747 too large offsets. */
2748 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2749 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2750 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2751 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2752 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2755 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2756 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2757 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2758 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2759 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2761 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2762 table index in the GOT. */
2763 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2768 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2769 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2775 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2777 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2778 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2780 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2782 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2785 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2786 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2787 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2789 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2791 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2793 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2794 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2795 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2797 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2798 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2801 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2804 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2810 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2811 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2815 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2816 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2817 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2818 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2820 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2822 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2826 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2830 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2833 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2837 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2838 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2842 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2845 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2848 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2849 need to do it again. */
2852 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2856 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2862 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2864 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2866 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2869 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2870 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2871 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2878 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2879 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2883 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2884 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2886 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2889 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2890 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2891 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2893 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2897 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2900 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2902 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2905 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2913 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2914 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2916 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2918 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2920 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2926 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2930 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2935 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2940 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2943 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2945 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2946 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2948 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2951 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2954 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2956 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2957 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2958 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2959 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2961 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2964 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2965 be the master GOT data. */
2967 static struct mips_got_info
*
2968 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2970 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2976 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2977 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2980 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2981 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2985 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2987 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2988 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2989 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2990 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2994 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2996 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2997 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2998 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3005 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3015 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3016 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3017 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3024 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3025 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3027 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3029 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3030 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3031 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3032 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3033 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3043 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3044 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3045 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3050 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3052 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3054 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3057 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3065 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3066 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3067 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3068 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3069 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3070 and then make make the new got current. */
3073 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3075 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3076 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3077 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3078 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3079 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3080 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3081 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3082 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3084 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3085 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3086 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3087 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3090 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3091 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
3092 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg
->info
))
3093 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3096 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3097 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3098 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3099 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3101 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3102 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3104 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3105 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3106 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3107 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3108 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3110 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3111 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3112 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3113 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3115 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3117 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3118 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3120 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3123 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3124 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3125 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3128 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3129 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3132 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3133 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3135 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3136 else if (arg
->current
3137 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3139 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3140 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3141 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3142 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3144 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3147 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3149 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3152 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3154 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3156 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3158 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3159 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3161 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3162 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3163 overflows anyway. */
3166 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3167 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3169 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3175 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3176 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3179 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3181 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3185 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3186 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3189 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3191 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3193 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3194 hash table entry to track its index. */
3195 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3197 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3198 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3202 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3204 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3205 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3206 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3207 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3209 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3212 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3214 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3217 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3219 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3221 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3226 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3227 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3228 got) to the given VALUE.
3230 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3231 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3232 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3233 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3234 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3235 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3236 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3237 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3240 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3242 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3243 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3244 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3245 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3247 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3248 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3249 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3250 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3252 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3253 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3254 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3260 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3261 if (arg
->info
->shared
3262 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3264 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3265 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3268 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3274 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3275 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3277 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3279 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3281 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3282 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3283 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3284 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3289 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3290 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3291 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3292 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3293 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3294 the traversal must be restarted. */
3296 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3299 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3301 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3305 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3306 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3307 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3309 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3314 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3315 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3316 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3318 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3319 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3322 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3323 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3325 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3328 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3329 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3335 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3338 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3344 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3346 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3350 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3353 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3356 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3358 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3361 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3369 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3370 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3373 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3374 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3377 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3378 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3379 bfd_size_type pages
)
3381 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3382 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3384 unsigned int assign
;
3386 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3387 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3388 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3391 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3392 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3393 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3395 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3396 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3397 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3398 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3403 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3404 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3405 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3406 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3407 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3409 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3410 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3414 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3415 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3416 to be the primary GOT. */
3417 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3421 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3422 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3424 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3425 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3426 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3429 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3430 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3431 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3432 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3433 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3434 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3435 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3436 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3437 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3439 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3441 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3444 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3445 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3447 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3451 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3452 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3453 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3454 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3457 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3460 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3461 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3468 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3470 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3474 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3475 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3476 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3479 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3480 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3481 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3482 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3483 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3484 follows IRIX's practice.
3486 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3487 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3488 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3489 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3493 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3494 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3495 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3499 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3500 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3501 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3502 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3503 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3504 their entries can be omitted. */
3505 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3506 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3509 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3510 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3511 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3512 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3513 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3515 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3516 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3517 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3520 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3521 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3522 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3523 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3524 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3525 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3526 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3527 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3528 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3529 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3530 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3531 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3532 points back to the master GOT. */
3533 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3534 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3541 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3543 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3544 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3545 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3546 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3548 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3549 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3550 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3555 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3556 all non-TLS entries. */
3557 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3560 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3563 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3570 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3571 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3572 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3578 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3579 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3581 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3582 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3586 while (relocation
< relend
)
3588 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
3594 /* We didn't find it. */
3595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3599 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3602 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3603 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3604 asection
**local_sections
,
3605 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3607 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3608 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3609 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3612 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3613 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3614 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3616 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3618 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3623 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3624 was forced local. */
3625 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3626 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3627 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3628 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3629 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3630 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3631 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3638 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3641 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3643 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3644 /* VALUE is negative. */
3645 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3650 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3651 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3655 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3657 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3659 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3660 /* The value is too big. */
3662 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3663 /* The value is too small. */
3670 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3673 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3675 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3678 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3681 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3684 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3691 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3694 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3697 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3704 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3707 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3708 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3711 register asection
*s
;
3713 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3715 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3718 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3720 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3721 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3724 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3730 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3733 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3734 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3737 register asection
*s
;
3738 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3739 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3740 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3744 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3746 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3747 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3750 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3751 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3755 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3756 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3759 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3761 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3762 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3763 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3768 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3769 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3770 are not creating a global offset table. */
3772 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3773 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3774 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3777 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3780 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3781 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3784 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3787 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3788 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3791 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3792 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3794 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3795 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3798 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3799 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3800 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3801 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3803 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3804 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3805 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3807 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3808 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3810 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3811 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3812 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3813 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3821 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3822 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3823 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3826 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3828 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3830 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3831 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3834 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3835 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3836 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3838 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3839 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3840 relocation must be JALX.
3842 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3843 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3844 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3845 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3847 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3848 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3849 asection
*input_section
,
3850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3851 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3852 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3853 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3854 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3855 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3856 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3858 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3860 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3863 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3864 shared object file being produced. */
3865 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3866 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3869 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3870 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3871 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3872 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3873 during execution. */
3874 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3875 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3877 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3878 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3879 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3881 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3882 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3883 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3884 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3885 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3886 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3887 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3889 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3891 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3892 relocation value. */
3893 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3894 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3895 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3899 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3900 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3902 /* Parse the relocation. */
3903 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3904 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3905 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3906 + input_section
->output_offset
3907 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3909 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3910 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3912 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3913 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3914 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3915 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3916 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3917 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3918 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3919 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3922 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3923 must come before globals. */
3927 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3930 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3932 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3933 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3935 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3936 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3937 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3938 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3939 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3940 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3942 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3944 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3947 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3948 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3951 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3952 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3953 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3956 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3958 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3962 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3964 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3965 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3966 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3967 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3968 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3969 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3970 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3972 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3973 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3975 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3976 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3977 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3978 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3980 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3981 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3982 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3983 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3984 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3988 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3989 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3990 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3991 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3994 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3995 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3996 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3998 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3999 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4000 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4002 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4003 if (sec
->output_section
)
4004 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4005 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4006 + sec
->output_offset
);
4008 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4010 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4011 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4012 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4013 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4016 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4017 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4019 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4020 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4022 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4023 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4024 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4025 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4026 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4028 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4029 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4032 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4034 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4035 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4036 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4037 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4038 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4039 which is available from here:
4040 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4045 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4046 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4047 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4048 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4049 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4050 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4054 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4057 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4058 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4060 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4061 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4062 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4063 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4064 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4066 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4067 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4070 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4073 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4077 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4078 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4079 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4081 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4082 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4083 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4085 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4086 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4088 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4089 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4091 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4096 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4098 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
4099 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
4101 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4108 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4111 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4113 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4114 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4117 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4118 special jalx instruction. */
4119 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4120 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4121 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4123 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4124 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4126 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4127 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4130 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4131 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4132 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4134 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4135 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4141 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4142 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4143 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4144 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4145 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4147 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4148 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4149 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4150 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4152 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4153 sec
, 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4155 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4159 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4160 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4161 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4162 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4163 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4164 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4166 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4167 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4168 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4172 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4173 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4174 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4176 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4177 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4178 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4179 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4180 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4182 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4183 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4185 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4186 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4187 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4188 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4189 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4193 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4194 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4195 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4199 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4200 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4202 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4205 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4206 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4211 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4212 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4213 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4216 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4217 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4218 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4220 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4231 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4232 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4233 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4235 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4239 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4240 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4242 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4243 + input_section
->output_offset
4244 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4245 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4246 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4247 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4249 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4252 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4256 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4259 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4260 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4267 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4268 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4270 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4271 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4273 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4275 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4276 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4277 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4278 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4281 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4282 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4283 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4285 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4293 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4297 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4298 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4302 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4306 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4307 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4311 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4312 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4313 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4314 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4315 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4318 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4321 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4322 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4323 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4325 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4328 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4329 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4333 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4334 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4337 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4338 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4342 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4343 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4350 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4351 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4355 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4356 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4357 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4361 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4362 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4363 both reloc addends by 4. */
4364 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4365 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4367 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4368 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4375 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4378 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4379 for this conditional. */
4380 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4381 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4383 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4384 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4385 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4386 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4387 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4390 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4391 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4394 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4395 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4396 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4397 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4398 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4399 not check for overflow here. */
4403 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4404 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4405 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4406 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4411 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4412 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4413 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4414 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4415 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4416 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4417 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4418 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4419 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4420 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4421 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4422 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4423 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4424 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4425 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4426 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4430 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4435 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4436 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4437 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4441 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4442 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4443 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4444 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4445 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4446 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4448 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4449 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4456 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4457 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4458 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4461 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4464 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4465 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4467 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4471 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4472 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4473 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4474 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4475 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4478 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4479 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4480 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4481 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4482 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4484 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4485 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4488 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4489 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4490 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4493 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4494 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4495 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4499 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4500 symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4501 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4502 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4503 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4504 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4507 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4509 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4510 symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4513 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4517 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4518 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4522 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4523 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4526 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4527 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4528 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4531 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4532 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4533 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4537 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4538 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4539 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4540 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4541 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4542 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4546 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4547 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4548 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4549 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4552 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4553 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4556 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4558 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4561 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4564 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4565 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4566 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4569 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4571 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4572 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4577 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4578 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4579 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4580 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4581 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4582 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4584 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4587 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4588 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4589 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4590 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4591 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4592 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4596 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4598 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4599 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4601 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4603 /* Obtain the current value. */
4604 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4606 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4607 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4609 /* Set the field. */
4610 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4612 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4616 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4617 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4619 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4620 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4622 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4627 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4631 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4634 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4635 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4638 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4643 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4644 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4647 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4648 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4649 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4650 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4651 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4652 && !info
->relocatable
4654 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4655 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4661 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4662 + input_section
->output_offset
4663 + relocation
->r_offset
4665 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4666 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4670 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4671 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4674 /* Put the value into the output. */
4675 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4677 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4683 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4686 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4688 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4690 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
4691 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
4692 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
4695 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4698 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4702 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4704 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4705 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4706 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4708 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4709 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4714 /* Make room for a null element. */
4715 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4718 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4722 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4723 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4724 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4725 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4728 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4729 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4730 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4732 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4733 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4735 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4740 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4743 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4744 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4745 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4746 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4747 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4749 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4752 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4753 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4754 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4755 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4756 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4757 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4759 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4760 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4763 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4765 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4766 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4767 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4772 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4773 in the relocation. */
4775 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4776 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4778 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4779 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4780 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4782 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4783 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4784 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4785 undefined symbols. */
4790 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4792 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4794 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4799 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4804 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4805 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4806 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4807 local symbols because we used to generate them
4808 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4809 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4810 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4811 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4812 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4813 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4815 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4816 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4817 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4818 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4819 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4824 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4825 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4826 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4827 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4828 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4831 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4832 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4833 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4835 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4836 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4837 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4840 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4841 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4842 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4843 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4844 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4845 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4846 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4847 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4848 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4849 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4850 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4851 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4852 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4853 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4856 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4858 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4859 correct location in the output file. */
4860 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4861 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4862 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4863 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4864 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4865 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4867 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4868 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4869 relocation format is non-standard. */
4870 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4872 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4873 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4875 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4877 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4879 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4880 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4881 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4882 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4884 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4887 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4888 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4889 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4891 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4892 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4894 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4895 will be writing to it. */
4896 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4899 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4900 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4902 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4907 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4909 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4910 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4911 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4912 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4913 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4914 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4916 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4917 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4918 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4920 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4921 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4922 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4923 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4924 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4925 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4926 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4930 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4931 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4933 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4934 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4939 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4942 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4944 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4946 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4947 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4949 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4950 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4952 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4953 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4955 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4956 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4958 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4959 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4961 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4962 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4964 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4965 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4967 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4968 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4970 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4971 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4973 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4974 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4977 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4981 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4984 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4987 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4990 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4993 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4995 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4996 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4998 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4999 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5001 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5002 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5005 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5012 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5014 static INLINE
char *
5015 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5019 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5020 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5023 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5025 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5029 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5031 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5033 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5035 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5038 return "unknown abi";
5042 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5043 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5044 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5045 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5046 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5047 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5048 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5049 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5051 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5052 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5053 definition in a shared library. */
5054 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5055 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5056 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5058 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5059 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5062 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5064 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5066 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5067 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5069 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5070 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5071 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5072 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5073 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5074 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5075 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5077 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5078 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5079 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5080 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5081 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5082 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5083 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5084 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5085 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5086 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5088 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5092 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5093 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5094 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5095 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5098 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5099 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5101 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5102 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5103 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5104 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5105 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5106 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5107 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5108 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5109 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5110 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5112 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5113 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5116 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5117 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5122 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5124 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5125 if (section
!= NULL
)
5127 asym
->section
= section
;
5128 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5129 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5130 base address to make it an offset. */
5131 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5138 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5140 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5141 if (section
!= NULL
)
5143 asym
->section
= section
;
5144 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5145 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5146 base address to make it an offset. */
5147 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5154 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5155 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5157 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5158 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5159 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5160 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5161 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5163 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5164 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5165 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5166 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5168 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5169 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5170 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5171 We therefore take the following approach:
5173 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5174 determine the pointer size.
5176 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5177 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5181 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5182 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5183 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5184 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5185 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5187 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5188 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5192 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5194 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5196 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5198 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5200 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5201 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5202 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5209 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5210 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5211 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5220 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5221 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5222 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5224 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5225 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5228 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5229 will jump there rather than to .text.
5231 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5232 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5235 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5237 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5240 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5241 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5242 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5246 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5248 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5249 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5253 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5254 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5257 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5260 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5261 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5265 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5266 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5267 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5268 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5270 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5272 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5273 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5274 so that we don't have to read them again.
5275 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5276 through the section contents to see if there is an
5277 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5279 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5281 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5282 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5284 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5286 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5288 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5290 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5291 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5292 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5295 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5302 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5303 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5306 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5307 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5310 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5317 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5318 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5321 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5322 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5329 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5331 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5333 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5334 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5335 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5337 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5338 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5340 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5342 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5343 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5345 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5347 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5348 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5350 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5353 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5355 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5357 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5359 unsigned int adjust
;
5361 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5363 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5371 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5372 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5373 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5375 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5379 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5380 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5386 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5387 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5388 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5389 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5390 probably get away with this. */
5391 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5393 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5394 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5398 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5401 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5402 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5405 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5406 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
5409 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5410 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5413 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5414 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5416 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5418 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5419 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5420 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5422 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5424 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5425 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5428 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5429 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
5432 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5433 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5436 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5437 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
5440 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5441 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5444 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5445 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
5446 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5447 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
5454 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5459 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5460 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5466 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5468 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5469 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5470 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5471 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5472 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5474 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5477 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5478 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5480 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5481 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5484 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5485 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5486 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5487 they should agree. */
5488 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5490 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5492 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5493 if (contents
== NULL
)
5495 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5502 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5503 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5505 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5507 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5509 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5511 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5512 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5513 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5516 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5518 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5520 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5522 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5523 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5525 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5527 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5529 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5531 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5533 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5534 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5536 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5546 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5547 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5548 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5551 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5553 register const char *name
;
5554 unsigned int sh_type
;
5556 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5557 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5559 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5561 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5562 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5563 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5565 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5566 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5567 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
5569 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5570 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5571 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5574 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5578 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5579 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5580 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5581 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5583 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5585 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5587 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5588 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5589 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5590 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5592 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5593 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5595 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5598 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5600 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5601 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5602 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5603 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5605 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5606 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5608 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5609 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5612 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5613 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5614 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5615 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5616 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5617 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5618 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5619 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5621 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5622 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5624 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
5626 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5627 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5628 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5630 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5632 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5633 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5634 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5636 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
5637 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5638 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5641 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5642 final_write_processing. */
5644 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
5645 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
5646 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
5648 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5649 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5650 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5652 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5654 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5655 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5656 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5659 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5660 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5661 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5662 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5663 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5665 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5666 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5667 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5668 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5669 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5674 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5675 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5676 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5677 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5678 the .scommon section. */
5681 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5682 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5684 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5686 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5689 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5691 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5697 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5698 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5701 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5703 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5704 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5706 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5707 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5708 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5710 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5715 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5716 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5717 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5718 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5719 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5720 is not done for them. */
5722 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5723 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5729 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5732 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5733 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5734 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5735 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5738 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5739 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5740 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5741 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5745 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5746 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5748 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5749 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5750 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5752 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5753 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5756 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5757 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5758 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5761 /* Initialize the section. */
5763 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5764 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5766 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5767 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5769 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5770 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5771 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5772 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5773 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5774 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5775 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5777 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5778 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5779 so I took it out. */
5780 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5783 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5784 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5786 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5787 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5789 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5790 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5791 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5793 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5794 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5797 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5798 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5799 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5802 /* Initialize the section. */
5804 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5807 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5808 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5810 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5811 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5812 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5813 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5814 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5815 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5816 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5818 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5819 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5820 so I took it out. */
5821 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5824 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5825 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5829 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5831 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5832 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5834 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5835 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5837 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5839 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5840 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5841 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5844 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5847 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5849 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5852 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5855 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5856 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5857 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5858 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5864 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5865 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5866 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5869 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5870 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5871 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5872 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5874 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5875 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5876 common in the output file. */
5877 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5878 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5879 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5881 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5882 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5887 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5889 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5892 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5895 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5897 register asection
*s
;
5898 const char * const *namep
;
5899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5902 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5903 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5905 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5907 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5909 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5912 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5917 /* We need to create .got section. */
5918 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5921 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5924 /* Create .stub section. */
5925 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5926 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5928 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5929 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5932 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5933 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5937 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5939 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5941 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5942 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5944 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5945 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5949 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5950 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5951 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5952 the linker takes such action. */
5953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5955 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5958 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5959 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5960 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5963 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5966 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5968 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5972 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5973 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5975 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5979 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5980 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5982 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5985 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5986 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5988 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5989 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5991 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5994 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6001 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6003 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6004 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6005 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6008 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6011 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6013 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6016 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6018 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6019 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6020 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6021 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6022 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6023 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6025 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6027 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6028 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6029 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6032 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6035 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6037 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6042 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6044 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6045 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6046 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6049 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6050 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6051 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6052 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6053 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6055 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6060 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6061 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6064 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6067 htab
->plt_header_size
6068 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6069 htab
->plt_entry_size
6070 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6074 htab
->plt_header_size
6075 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6076 htab
->plt_entry_size
6077 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6084 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6085 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6088 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6089 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6095 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6097 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6098 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6101 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6102 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6104 if (info
->relocatable
)
6107 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6108 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6109 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6110 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6111 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6113 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6115 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6116 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6118 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6120 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6123 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6125 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6126 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6130 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6131 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6132 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6133 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6135 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6136 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6138 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6139 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6140 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6141 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
6142 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
6143 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
6144 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6145 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6146 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6150 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6152 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6155 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6156 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6157 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6158 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6161 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6170 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6171 not need it. Since this function is called before
6172 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6173 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6175 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6179 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6181 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6183 unsigned long symcount
;
6187 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6188 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6190 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6191 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6192 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6200 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6201 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6202 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6203 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6207 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6209 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6210 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6212 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6213 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6214 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6216 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6219 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6222 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
6223 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6225 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6226 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6229 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6232 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6234 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6235 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6237 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6238 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6239 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6240 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6241 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6242 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6243 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6247 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6248 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6250 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6252 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
6253 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6255 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6257 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6258 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6259 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6260 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6261 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6262 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6263 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6264 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6265 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6267 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6272 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6282 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6287 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6288 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6289 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6294 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6295 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6296 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6298 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6299 unsigned int r_type
;
6300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6302 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6303 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6305 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6307 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6309 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6310 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6317 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6319 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6322 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6323 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6327 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6328 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6334 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6335 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6336 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6337 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6338 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6339 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6340 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6341 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6343 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6345 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6346 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6348 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6349 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6351 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6352 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6353 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6354 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6362 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6363 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6364 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6366 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6367 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6368 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6378 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6380 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6381 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6382 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6383 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6387 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6391 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6394 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6395 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6396 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6397 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6399 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6400 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6401 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6402 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6403 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6404 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6405 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6406 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6407 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6408 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6417 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6418 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6419 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6420 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6425 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6426 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6429 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6430 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6431 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6432 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6433 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6436 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6437 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6444 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6445 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6446 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6452 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6454 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6455 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6456 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6457 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6459 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6460 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6461 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6467 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6468 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6469 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6470 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6474 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6476 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6479 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6480 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6488 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6489 for TLS GD relocations. */
6491 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6493 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6499 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6500 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6502 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6507 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6509 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6510 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6519 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6520 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6521 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6522 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6523 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6527 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6533 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6534 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6535 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6536 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6537 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6538 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6539 relocations against the text segment. */
6540 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6546 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6547 defined in a dynamic object. */
6548 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6549 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6550 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6551 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6552 are relocations against the text segment. */
6553 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6556 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6557 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6558 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6559 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6560 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6561 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6562 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6565 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6566 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6568 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6569 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6574 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6575 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6576 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6581 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6586 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6589 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6590 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6591 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6592 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6593 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6594 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6597 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6598 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6599 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6600 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6604 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6605 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6606 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6607 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6615 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6616 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6617 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6618 a normal .got entry. */
6619 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6623 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6626 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6627 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6632 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6633 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6634 References from a stub section do not count. */
6636 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6637 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
6638 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
6639 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
6640 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
6641 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
6642 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
6644 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6646 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6647 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6655 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6656 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6659 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6660 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6661 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6662 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6664 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6665 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6666 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6668 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6671 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6674 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6675 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6676 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6679 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6680 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6681 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6682 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6684 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6687 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6688 unsigned int r_type
;
6689 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6691 unsigned long instruction
;
6693 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6694 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6695 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6696 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6697 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6700 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6701 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6702 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6704 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6705 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6706 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6708 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6709 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6710 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6712 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6714 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6715 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6716 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6717 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6718 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6721 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6722 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6723 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6724 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6725 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6727 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6731 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6733 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6734 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6736 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6737 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6738 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6739 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6741 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6745 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6746 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6748 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6749 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6750 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6751 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6754 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6755 symval
= isym
->st_value
6756 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6757 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6760 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6762 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6763 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6765 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6766 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6771 /* Check that it's in range. */
6772 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6775 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6776 if (contents
== NULL
)
6778 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6779 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6780 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6783 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6788 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6790 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6791 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6792 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6793 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6794 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6795 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6799 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6800 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6801 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6804 if (contents
!= NULL
6805 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6807 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6811 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6812 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6818 if (contents
!= NULL
6819 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6824 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6825 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6826 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6827 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6831 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6832 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6835 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6837 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6839 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6840 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6842 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6843 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6845 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6848 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6850 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6851 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6853 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6854 if (! info
->relocatable
6855 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6856 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6857 || !h
->def_regular
))
6859 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6860 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6861 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6862 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6863 against the text segment. */
6864 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6867 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6868 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6871 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6874 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6875 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6876 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6877 executable and the shared library. */
6878 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6880 /* We need .stub section. */
6881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6882 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6883 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6885 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6886 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6888 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6889 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6891 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6892 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6894 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6895 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6899 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6902 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6903 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6904 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6908 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6909 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6910 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6911 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6913 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6914 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6915 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6916 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6920 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6921 is not a function. */
6926 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6929 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6933 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6934 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6935 unsigned int power_of_two
;
6937 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6938 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6939 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6941 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6942 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6945 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6948 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6950 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6951 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6952 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6953 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6955 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
6957 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6958 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
6962 && !h
->forced_local
)
6965 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6966 the functions directly. */
6967 else if (h
->needs_plt
6968 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6969 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6970 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
6978 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6979 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6980 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
6982 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
6984 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6987 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
6988 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
6989 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
6991 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
6992 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
6993 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
6994 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
6995 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6997 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
6998 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7000 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7003 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7004 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7005 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7007 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7009 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7014 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7015 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7016 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7021 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7025 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7026 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7027 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7028 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7030 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7031 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7032 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7033 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7037 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7038 is not a function. */
7042 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7043 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7044 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7045 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7046 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7047 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7048 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7049 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7050 same memory location for the variable. */
7052 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7054 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7058 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7059 power_of_two
= bfd_log2 (h
->size
);
7060 if (power_of_two
> 4)
7063 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7064 htab
->sdynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (htab
->sdynbss
->size
,
7065 (bfd_size_type
) 1 << power_of_two
);
7066 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
)
7067 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
, power_of_two
))
7070 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7071 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sdynbss
;
7072 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sdynbss
->size
;
7074 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7075 htab
->sdynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
7080 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7081 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7082 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7083 the current linking stage. */
7085 static bfd_size_type
7086 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7088 bfd_size_type count
;
7091 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7094 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7096 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7097 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7098 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7099 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7100 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7106 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7107 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7108 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7111 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7112 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7118 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7120 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7121 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7122 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7124 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7127 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7129 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7130 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7132 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7134 if (! (info
->relocatable
7135 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7136 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7137 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7139 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7141 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7144 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7148 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7149 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7151 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7153 asection
*subsection
;
7155 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7157 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7159 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7161 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7162 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7166 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7167 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7168 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7169 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7171 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7174 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7175 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7177 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7178 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7181 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7182 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7183 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7185 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7186 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7188 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7189 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7190 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7191 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7193 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7194 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7196 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7198 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7199 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7200 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7201 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7204 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7205 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7206 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7208 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7209 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7211 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7212 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7214 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7215 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7216 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7217 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7218 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7219 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7220 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7222 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7223 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7225 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7227 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7228 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7230 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7232 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7237 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7238 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7239 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7245 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7248 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7252 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7253 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7254 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7256 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7257 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7258 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7260 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7262 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7263 if (info
->executable
)
7265 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7266 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7268 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7270 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7274 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7275 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7279 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7283 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7284 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7285 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7287 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7290 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
7294 const char *outname
;
7297 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7298 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7299 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7300 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7301 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7303 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7305 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7307 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7308 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7309 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7312 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7313 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7314 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7317 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7318 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7319 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7320 will move them around between input sections'
7321 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7322 broken, so don't let it run. */
7323 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7326 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7328 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7331 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7332 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7335 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7336 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7338 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7339 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7342 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
7344 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7345 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7346 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7348 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7349 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7350 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7351 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7355 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7356 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7358 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7359 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7360 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7361 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7362 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7364 unsigned int save_assign
;
7366 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7368 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7369 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7370 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7371 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7372 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7373 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7374 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7375 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7376 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7377 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7378 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7380 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7383 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7384 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7385 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7386 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7387 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7393 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7397 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7399 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7400 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7403 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7407 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7410 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7412 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7413 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7414 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7416 else if (! info
->shared
7417 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7418 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
7420 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7421 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7424 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7425 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
7426 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7427 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0
7428 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7431 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7437 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7441 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7444 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7446 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7452 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7453 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7454 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7461 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7462 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7464 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7465 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7472 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7474 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7475 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7476 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7477 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7478 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7481 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7482 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7483 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7485 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7487 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7493 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
7494 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7496 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7501 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7502 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7504 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7506 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7509 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7510 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7511 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7512 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7513 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7516 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7519 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7521 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7522 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7523 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7525 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7528 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7531 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7534 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7536 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7539 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7542 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7548 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7550 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7553 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7556 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7560 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7563 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7566 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7569 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7572 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7575 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7578 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7581 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7582 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7585 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7586 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7587 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7588 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7596 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7597 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7598 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7599 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7602 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7603 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7604 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7606 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7607 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7610 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7612 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7613 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7614 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7615 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7616 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7618 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7619 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7622 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7623 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7625 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7626 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7628 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7629 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7632 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7633 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7634 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7638 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7641 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7642 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7643 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7644 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7645 asection
**local_sections
)
7647 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7648 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7650 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7651 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7653 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7654 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7655 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7659 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7660 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7661 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7663 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7664 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7667 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7668 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7670 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7671 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7672 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7673 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7674 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7675 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7676 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7678 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7680 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7684 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7685 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7686 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7687 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7688 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7691 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7693 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7695 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7696 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7697 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7698 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7699 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7700 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7701 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7702 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7703 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7704 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7705 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7707 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7709 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7710 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7712 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7713 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7715 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7717 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7720 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7722 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7723 combination of the addend stored in two different
7725 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7726 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7727 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7728 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7731 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7732 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7733 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7736 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7737 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7739 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7741 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7742 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7743 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7744 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7747 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7749 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7750 relocation must be immediately following.
7751 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7752 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7753 several relocations for the same address. In
7754 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7755 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7756 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7757 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7760 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7763 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7765 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7766 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7768 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7770 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7771 input_bfd
, contents
);
7772 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7774 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7775 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7776 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7780 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7784 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7787 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7788 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7789 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7792 if (info
->relocatable
)
7794 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7795 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7798 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7800 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7801 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7802 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7803 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7804 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7805 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7806 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7807 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7809 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7811 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7812 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7813 source of the addend in the final link. */
7814 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7816 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7817 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7818 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7819 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7820 but for endianness. */
7826 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7828 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7835 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7836 do two separate stores. */
7837 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7839 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7841 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7847 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7849 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7850 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7851 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7852 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7856 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7857 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7862 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7866 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7867 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7868 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7870 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7871 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7872 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7873 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7875 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7877 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7878 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7879 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7880 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7881 local_sections
, &value
,
7882 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7883 use_saved_addend_p
))
7885 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7886 /* There's nothing to do. */
7889 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7890 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7891 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7892 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7893 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7896 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7897 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7898 info
->callbacks
->warning
7899 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7902 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7903 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7904 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7905 a given location. */
7909 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7910 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7911 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7912 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7925 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7926 until we reach the last one. */
7927 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7933 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7934 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7935 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7936 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7937 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7938 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7939 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7940 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7946 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7948 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7955 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7956 do two separate stores. */
7957 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7959 /* Undo what we did above. */
7961 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7963 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7969 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7971 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7972 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7973 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7974 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7978 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7979 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7980 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7981 contents
, require_jalx
))
7988 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7989 adjust it appropriately now. */
7992 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7993 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7995 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7996 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7997 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8000 "__dso_displacement",
8002 "__program_header_table",
8006 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8014 const char* const *p
;
8017 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8018 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8021 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8023 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8025 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8026 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8028 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8030 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8032 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8038 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8039 dynamic sections here. */
8042 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8043 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8045 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8049 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8052 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8054 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8055 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8057 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8060 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8062 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8064 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8066 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8067 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8068 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8070 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8071 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8073 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8074 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8076 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8079 /* Fill the stub. */
8081 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8083 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8085 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8087 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8094 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8095 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8096 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8098 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8099 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8104 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8105 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8107 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8108 only for the referenced symbol. */
8109 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8111 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8112 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8113 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8114 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8118 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8119 || h
->forced_local
);
8121 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8122 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8123 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8124 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8125 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8127 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8128 the symbols that need them. */
8129 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8130 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8135 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8136 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8137 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8140 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8142 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8148 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8150 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8153 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8156 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8161 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8163 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8164 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8166 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8167 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8168 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8169 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8170 appropriate addend. */
8171 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8173 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8174 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8175 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8177 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8178 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8181 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8182 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8183 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8187 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8188 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8193 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8194 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8195 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8196 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8197 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8198 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8199 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8201 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8202 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8205 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8207 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8208 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8209 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8211 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8213 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8214 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8216 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8217 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8219 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8221 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8223 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8224 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8225 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8226 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8228 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8230 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8231 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8232 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8233 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8237 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8238 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8239 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8243 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8244 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8245 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8247 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8248 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8249 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8251 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8252 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8254 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8255 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8257 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8258 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8259 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8260 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8262 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8266 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8267 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8268 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8273 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8276 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8277 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8278 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8279 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8283 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8284 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8286 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8287 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8289 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8292 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8293 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8294 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8296 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8297 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8298 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8300 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8301 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8302 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8305 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8306 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8307 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8309 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8310 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8311 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8314 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8315 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8316 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8318 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8319 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8320 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8322 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8324 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8326 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8327 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8331 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8337 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8339 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8340 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8341 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8350 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8352 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8353 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8355 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8356 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8357 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8358 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8359 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8361 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8362 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8363 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8364 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8365 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8366 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8368 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8369 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8371 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8372 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8375 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8376 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8377 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8378 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8380 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8382 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8383 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8386 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8388 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8389 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8390 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8391 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8392 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8394 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8395 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8396 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8399 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8403 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8404 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8405 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8406 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8408 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8409 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8410 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8411 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8412 + sgot
->output_offset
8414 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8415 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8416 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8419 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8422 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8424 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8426 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8427 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8428 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8429 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8431 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8432 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8433 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8434 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8435 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8438 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8439 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8440 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8445 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8446 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8449 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8451 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8453 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8454 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8455 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8457 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8458 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8460 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8461 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8462 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8463 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8465 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8466 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8468 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8469 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8471 /* Install the PLT header. */
8472 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8480 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8481 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8482 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8483 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8486 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8488 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8489 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8491 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8493 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8495 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8496 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8497 in which symbols were output. */
8498 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8500 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8502 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8503 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8504 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8505 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8508 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8509 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8510 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8513 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8514 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8515 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8519 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8522 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8527 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8529 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8530 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8531 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8532 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8535 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8538 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8539 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8544 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8547 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8548 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8550 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8552 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8557 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8558 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8559 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8560 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8561 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8564 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8567 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8569 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8570 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8572 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8573 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8574 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8576 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8580 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8582 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8583 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8585 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8591 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8595 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8596 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8600 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8602 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8607 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8609 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8610 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8611 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8612 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8613 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8617 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8618 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8619 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8623 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8624 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8628 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8631 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8639 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8644 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8649 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8650 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8651 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8652 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8655 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8656 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8659 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8660 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8661 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8662 referenced within the same object. */
8663 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8666 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8667 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8669 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8672 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8673 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8674 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8676 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8678 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8679 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8680 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8682 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8685 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8686 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8689 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8690 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8693 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8694 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8695 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8696 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8700 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8701 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8703 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8707 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8708 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8712 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8713 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8717 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8718 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8719 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8723 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8725 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8727 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8733 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8734 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8735 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8736 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8746 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8747 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8748 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8752 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8757 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8758 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8759 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8762 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8764 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8766 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8767 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8768 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8769 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8770 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8771 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8772 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8774 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8775 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8778 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8782 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8783 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8784 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8785 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8786 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8787 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8792 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8793 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8795 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8796 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8798 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8801 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8802 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8804 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8806 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8807 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8809 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8810 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8811 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8812 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8817 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8819 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8820 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8821 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8822 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8823 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8826 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8831 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8832 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8835 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8838 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8840 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8842 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8843 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8844 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8846 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8849 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8850 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8852 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8858 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8859 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8860 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8861 are trailing null entries. */
8862 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8863 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8864 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8865 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8866 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8875 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8882 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
8884 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8886 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8887 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
8891 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
8893 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
8894 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
8897 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
8898 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
8901 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8902 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8903 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8906 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
8908 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
8909 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
8910 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
8911 htab
->function_stub_size
);
8916 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8917 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8918 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8919 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8920 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8922 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8924 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
8926 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8928 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8929 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8930 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
8931 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
8933 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8934 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
8935 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
8940 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8943 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8945 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8951 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8954 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
8958 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
8961 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
8962 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
8965 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
8966 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
8969 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
8970 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
8973 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
8974 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
8975 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
8976 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
8977 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
8980 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
8981 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
8984 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
8985 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
8988 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
8989 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
8992 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
8993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
8996 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
8997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9000 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9004 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9008 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9009 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9012 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9013 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9014 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9015 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9016 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9017 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9020 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9021 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9024 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9025 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9028 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9032 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9036 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9040 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9041 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9044 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9045 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9050 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9051 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9052 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9055 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9056 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9059 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9063 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9064 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9065 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9066 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9067 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9069 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9070 info for each special section. */
9071 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9072 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9075 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9078 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9079 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9081 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9084 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9085 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9086 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9087 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9088 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
9089 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9090 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9091 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9094 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9095 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9096 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9097 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9098 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
9099 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
9100 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9101 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9102 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9103 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9106 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9107 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9109 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9110 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9112 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9115 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9116 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9117 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9118 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9119 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
9120 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9121 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9124 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
9125 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
9126 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9128 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9130 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9131 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9138 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9142 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9143 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9148 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9149 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9150 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9153 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9154 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9155 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9156 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9159 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9160 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9161 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9162 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9168 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9171 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9172 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9175 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9178 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9180 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9181 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9183 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9184 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9189 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9193 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9197 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9198 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9200 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9201 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9209 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9210 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9211 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9214 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9215 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9216 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9218 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9220 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9221 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9226 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9228 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9230 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9231 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9234 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9236 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9237 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9238 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9239 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9240 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9241 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9242 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9243 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9244 *pm
= options_segment
;
9250 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9252 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9253 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9254 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9255 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9256 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9258 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9259 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9264 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9268 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9270 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9275 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9283 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9284 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9285 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9295 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9296 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9298 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9300 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9303 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9305 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9306 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9307 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9308 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9309 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9311 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9312 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9316 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9318 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9320 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9324 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9328 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9330 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9331 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9338 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9344 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9345 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9347 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9350 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9351 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9358 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9360 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9362 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9376 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9380 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9381 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9382 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9383 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9384 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9386 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9390 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9392 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9393 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9397 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9399 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9400 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9401 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9403 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9404 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9412 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
9417 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9420 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9421 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9422 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9423 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9426 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9427 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9428 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9429 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9430 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9433 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9434 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9435 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9437 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9438 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9439 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9443 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9444 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9445 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9446 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9447 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9448 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9449 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9450 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9451 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9452 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9463 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9464 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9465 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9466 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9469 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9470 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9473 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9475 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9477 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9480 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9481 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9482 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9483 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9484 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9485 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9486 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9488 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9489 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9493 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9495 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9499 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9502 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9503 if (h
->forced_local
)
9505 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9507 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9508 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9509 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9510 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9514 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9515 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9517 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9518 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9519 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9520 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9521 the upper limit of global entries. */
9527 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9528 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9530 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9535 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9536 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9537 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9538 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9539 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9541 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9542 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9545 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9546 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9547 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9550 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9552 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9553 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9555 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9561 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9567 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9568 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9571 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9572 unsigned char *tdata
;
9575 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9580 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9582 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9583 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9586 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9590 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9598 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9599 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9601 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9603 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9612 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9613 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9619 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9620 free (cookie
->rels
);
9626 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9628 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9634 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
9637 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9640 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9643 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9647 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9648 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9650 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9652 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9655 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9658 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9659 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9663 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9664 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9666 struct mips_elf_find_line
9668 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9669 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9673 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9674 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9675 const char **filename_ptr
,
9676 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9677 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9681 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9682 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9686 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9687 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9688 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9689 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9692 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9696 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9697 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9698 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9700 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9701 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9702 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9703 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9704 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9705 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9707 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9710 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9713 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9714 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9716 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9719 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9723 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9725 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9729 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9730 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9731 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9732 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9734 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9737 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9738 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9739 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9740 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9741 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9742 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9743 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9747 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9748 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9749 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9750 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9751 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9752 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9755 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9756 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9759 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9763 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9766 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9768 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9769 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9774 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9775 const char **filename_ptr
,
9776 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9777 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9780 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9781 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9782 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9787 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9788 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9789 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9792 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9793 const void *location
,
9794 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9796 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9800 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9802 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9803 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9804 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9807 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9810 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9813 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9816 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9819 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9823 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9824 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9827 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9829 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9830 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9832 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9835 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9836 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9837 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9840 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9841 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
9847 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
9848 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
9851 /* read in the section */
9852 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
9853 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
9856 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
9860 if (reloc_count
< 0)
9863 if (reloc_count
> 0)
9868 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9871 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
9872 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
9873 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9874 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
9875 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
9879 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
9880 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9887 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9888 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9889 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9892 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9893 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9895 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
9897 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9898 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9900 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9902 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9911 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
9913 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9914 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
9916 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9917 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9918 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9920 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9921 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9922 to the generic handling. */
9924 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
9925 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
9926 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
9927 input_section
, relocatable
,
9930 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
9932 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
9937 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
9939 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9940 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
9944 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9948 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9949 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9950 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9951 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
9954 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
9955 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
9956 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9957 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9958 (*parent
)->address
)))
9961 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9962 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9964 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9965 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
9966 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
9969 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9978 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9979 free (reloc_vector
);
9983 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9984 free (reloc_vector
);
9988 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
9990 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
9991 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
9993 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
9994 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
9996 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10000 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10001 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10002 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10009 /* We no longer use this. */
10010 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10011 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10013 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10014 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10015 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10016 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10017 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10018 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10019 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10020 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10021 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10022 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10023 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10025 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10026 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10027 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10029 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10032 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10034 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10035 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10037 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10039 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10042 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10044 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10045 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10050 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10051 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10052 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10055 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10058 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10059 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10060 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10061 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10062 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10064 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10065 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10066 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10071 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10073 static const char * const secname
[] =
10075 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10076 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10078 static const int sc
[] =
10080 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10081 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10084 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10085 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10086 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10088 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10089 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10093 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10094 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10096 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10097 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10098 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10099 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10100 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10103 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10104 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10107 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10108 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10109 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10110 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10112 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10113 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10114 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10115 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10118 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10119 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10121 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10123 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10124 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10125 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10126 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10127 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10128 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10129 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10130 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10131 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10132 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10133 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10134 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10136 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10138 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10140 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10141 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10143 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10146 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10147 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10151 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10152 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10153 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10157 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10159 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10161 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10162 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10163 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10165 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10167 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10169 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10170 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10171 the information together. */
10172 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10174 asection
*input_section
;
10176 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10179 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10181 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10186 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10187 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10189 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10190 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10193 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10195 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10196 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10197 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10198 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10199 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10201 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10202 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10203 finally written out. */
10205 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10206 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10207 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10210 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10211 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10213 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10214 matters, but someday it might). */
10215 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10220 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10222 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10225 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10226 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10227 the information together. */
10228 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10229 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10230 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10231 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10232 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10233 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10234 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10235 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10236 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10237 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10238 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10239 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10240 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10242 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10244 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10245 debug_info structure. */
10247 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10248 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10249 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10250 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10251 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10253 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10254 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10255 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10256 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10258 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10259 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10263 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10267 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10268 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10269 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10270 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10272 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10274 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10275 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10278 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10279 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10282 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10283 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10284 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10288 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10290 asection
*input_section
;
10292 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10293 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10297 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10299 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10304 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10305 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10307 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10308 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10309 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10311 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10312 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10313 want to deal with it. */
10317 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10318 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10320 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10322 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10323 read in the debugging information and set up an
10324 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10325 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10329 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10330 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10331 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10334 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10335 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10336 the linker global hash table and save the information
10337 for the output external symbols. */
10338 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10339 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10340 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10341 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10343 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10344 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10350 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10351 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10352 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10353 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10356 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10357 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10358 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10359 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10364 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10365 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10366 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10372 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10373 free (input_debug
.line
);
10374 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10375 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10376 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10377 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10378 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10379 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10380 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10381 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10382 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10383 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10385 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10386 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10387 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10390 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10392 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10393 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10394 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10396 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10397 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10399 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10402 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10403 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10407 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10413 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10416 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10418 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10419 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10420 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10424 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10425 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10427 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10428 matters, but someday it might). */
10429 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10434 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
10436 const char *subname
;
10439 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10442 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10443 information describing how the small data area would
10444 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10445 not used in executables files. */
10446 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10448 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10450 asection
*input_section
;
10452 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10454 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10459 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10461 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10462 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10463 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10466 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10467 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10468 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10470 /* Really remove the section. */
10471 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10472 --abfd
->section_count
;
10477 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10478 uninitialized data. */
10479 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10480 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10481 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10485 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10486 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10487 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10488 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10492 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10493 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10494 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10495 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10496 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10497 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10498 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10500 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10501 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10503 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10504 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10505 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10508 /* Set up the first entry. */
10510 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10511 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10514 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10515 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10517 /* Combine the input sections. */
10518 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10520 asection
*input_section
;
10522 bfd_size_type size
;
10523 unsigned long last
;
10524 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10526 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10528 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10533 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10534 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10536 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10537 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10538 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10539 size
= input_section
->size
;
10541 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10543 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10545 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10546 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10552 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10553 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10554 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10560 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10562 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10563 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10566 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10568 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10569 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10571 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10577 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10580 /* We need a new table entry. */
10581 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10582 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10583 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10589 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10590 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10592 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10593 value, since that will be implied by this new
10596 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10598 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10600 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10601 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10605 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10606 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10611 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10614 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10615 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10616 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10619 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10621 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10623 /* Swap out the table. */
10624 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10625 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10626 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10632 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10633 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10636 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10637 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10639 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10640 matters, but someday it might). */
10641 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10645 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10646 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10649 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10651 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10653 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10655 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10656 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10660 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10662 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10663 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10665 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10668 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10671 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10673 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10674 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10675 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10679 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10681 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10682 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10683 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10687 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10689 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10690 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10692 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10693 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10694 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10702 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10704 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10705 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10709 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10710 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10712 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10713 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10714 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10715 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10717 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10718 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10720 /* R10000 extensions. */
10721 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10723 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10724 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10725 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10726 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10727 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10728 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10729 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10731 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10732 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10733 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10734 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10735 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10736 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10738 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10739 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10740 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10742 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10743 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10744 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10745 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10746 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10747 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10748 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10749 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10751 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10752 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10754 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10755 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10756 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10758 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10759 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10760 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10764 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10767 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10771 if (extension
== base
)
10774 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10775 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10778 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10779 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10782 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10783 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10785 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10786 if (extension
== base
)
10794 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10797 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10799 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10800 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10801 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10802 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10803 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10804 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10805 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10809 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10810 object file when linking. */
10813 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10815 flagword old_flags
;
10816 flagword new_flags
;
10818 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10821 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10822 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10824 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10825 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10830 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10831 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10834 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10836 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10837 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10842 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10843 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10844 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
10846 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
10848 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
10849 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
10850 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10851 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
10853 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
10854 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
10856 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
10857 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10864 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10866 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10867 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10869 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10870 doesn't seem to matter. */
10871 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10872 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10874 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10875 just be able to ignore this. */
10876 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10877 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10879 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10881 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
10882 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10883 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10885 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
10888 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10889 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10890 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10891 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
10893 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10894 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10895 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
10896 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
10898 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
10899 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
10900 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
10902 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
10906 if (null_input_bfd
)
10911 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
10912 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
10914 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10915 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10920 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
10921 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
10922 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
10923 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
10925 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10926 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10928 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10929 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
10931 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10932 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10936 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
10938 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10939 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10941 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10942 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10943 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10944 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
10945 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10946 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
10947 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10949 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10950 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10951 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
10952 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
10953 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10954 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10958 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10959 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10960 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10962 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
10963 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
10968 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10969 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10971 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
10972 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
10973 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10974 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10975 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10977 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
10978 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10979 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10980 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10983 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10985 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
10986 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
10989 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10990 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10993 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
10994 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
10996 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10998 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10999 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11002 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11003 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11005 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11006 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11007 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11008 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11014 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11021 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11024 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11026 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11027 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11029 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11030 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11035 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11039 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11041 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11042 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11044 /* xgettext:c-format */
11045 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11047 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11048 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11049 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11050 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11051 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11052 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11053 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11054 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11055 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11056 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11057 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11058 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11059 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11060 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11062 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11064 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11065 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
11066 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11067 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
11068 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11069 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
11070 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11071 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
11072 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11073 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
11074 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11075 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
11076 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11077 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
11078 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11079 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11080 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11081 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11083 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11085 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11086 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
11088 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11089 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
11091 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11092 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11094 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11096 fputc ('\n', file
);
11101 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11103 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11104 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11105 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11106 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11107 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11108 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11109 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11112 /* Ensure that the STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other,
11113 even if this is not a defintion of the symbol. */
11115 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11116 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11117 bfd_boolean definition
,
11118 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11121 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11122 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11125 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11126 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11128 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11130 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11134 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11136 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11137 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11138 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);